blob: 586aefc874d62e0aabd6767a712aa1699f4998b2 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
34 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
35 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000046 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000047 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000048 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000049 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000050 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000051 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000052 </ol>
53 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000054 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
55 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000056 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +000057 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000058 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000059 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
60 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
61 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000062 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000063 </ol>
64 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000065 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
66 <ol>
Chris Lattnerb9488a62007-12-18 06:18:21 +000067 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000068 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000069 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
70 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000071 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +000072 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +000073 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000074 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 </ol>
76 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000077 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000078 </ol>
79 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000080 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000081 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000082 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000083 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000084 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
85 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
86 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +000087 <li><a href="#metadata">Embedded Metadata</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000088 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000089 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000090 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
91 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000092 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000093 </ol>
94 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +000095 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
96 <ol>
97 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +000098 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
99 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000100 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
101 Global Variable</a></li>
102 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
103 Global Variable</a></li>
104 </ol>
105 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000106 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
107 <ol>
108 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
109 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000110 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
111 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000112 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
113 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000115 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000116 </ol>
117 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000118 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
119 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000120 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000121 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
127 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
128 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000129 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
130 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
131 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000132 </ol>
133 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000134 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
135 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
137 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
138 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000139 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000140 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000142 </ol>
143 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000144 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
145 <ol>
146 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
147 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
148 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000149 </ol>
150 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000151 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
152 <ol>
153 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
154 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
155 </ol>
156 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000157 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000158 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000159 <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
160 <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
161 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000162 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
163 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
164 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000165 </ol>
166 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000167 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000168 <ol>
169 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000174 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
175 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
176 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000178 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000180 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000181 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000182 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000183 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
184 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000185 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
186 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000189 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000190 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000191 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000192 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000193 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000194 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000195 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000196 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000197 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
198 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000199 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
200 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
201 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000202 </ol>
203 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000204 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
205 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000206 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
207 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
208 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000209 </ol>
210 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000211 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
212 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000213 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
214 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
218 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
219 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000220 </ol>
221 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000222 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
223 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000224 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000229 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
230 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
231 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000232 </ol>
233 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000234 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000235 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000236 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000237 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
239 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000240 </ol>
241 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000242 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
243 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000244 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
245 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
248 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000249 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000250 </ol>
251 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000253 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000254 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000255 <ol>
256 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000257 </ol>
258 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000259 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
260 <ol>
261 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
262 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
266 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
267 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
268 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
269 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
270 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
271 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
272 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
273 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
274 </ol>
275 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000276 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000277 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000278 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000279 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000280 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000281 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000282 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000283 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
284 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
285 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000286 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000287 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000288 </ol>
289 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000290</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000291
292<div class="doc_author">
293 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
294 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000295</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000296
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000297<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000298<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
299<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000300
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000301<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000302
303<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
304 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
305 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
306 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
307 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
308
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000309</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000310
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000311<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000312<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
313<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000314
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000315<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000316
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000317<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
318 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
319 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
320 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
321 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
322 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
323 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
324 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000325
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000326<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
327 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
328 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
329 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
330 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
331 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
332 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
333 variable is never accessed outside of the current function... allowing it to
334 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000335
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000336</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000337
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000338<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000339<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000340
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000341<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000342
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000343<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
344 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
345 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
346 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000347
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000348<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000349<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000350%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000351</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000352</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000353
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000354<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its
355 uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used
356 to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run
357 by the parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it
358 outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate
359 bugs in transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
360
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000361</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000362
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000363<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000364
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000365<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000366<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000367<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000368
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000369<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000370
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000371<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
372 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
373 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
374 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
375 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000376
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000377<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000378 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000379 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
380 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
381 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
382 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
383 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
384 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
385 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000386
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000387 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000388 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000389
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000390 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000391 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000392</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000393
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000394<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000395 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
396 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
397 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
398 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000399
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000400<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000401 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
402 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
403 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
404 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
405 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
406 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
407 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
408 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000409
410<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000411 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000412
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000413<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000414
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000415<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000416<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000417%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000418</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000419</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000420
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000421<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000422
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000423<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000424<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000425%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000426</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000427</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000428
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000429<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000430
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000431<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000433<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
434<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
435%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000436</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000437</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000439<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
440 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000441
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000442<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000443 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000444 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000445
446 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000447 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000448
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000449 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
450</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000451
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000452<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000453 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
454 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
455 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000457</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000458
459<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
460<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
461<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
462
463<!-- ======================================================================= -->
464<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
465</div>
466
467<div class="doc_text">
468
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000469<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
470 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
471 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
472 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
473 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
474 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000475
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000476<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000477<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000478<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
479 href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000480
481<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000482<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000483
484<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000485define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +0000486 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000487 %cast210 = <a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000488 href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000489
490 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
491 <a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000492 href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000493 <a
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000494 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
495</pre>
496</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000497
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000498<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
499 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function, and
500 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
501 "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000502
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000503<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
504 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
505 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
506 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
507 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000508
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000509</div>
510
511<!-- ======================================================================= -->
512<div class="doc_subsection">
513 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
514</div>
515
516<div class="doc_text">
517
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000518<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
519 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000520
521<dl>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000522 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000523 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
524 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
525 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
526 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
527 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
528 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000529
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000530 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000531 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere1eaf912009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000532 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
533 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
534 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
535 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
536 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000537
Dale Johannesen2307a7f2008-05-23 23:13:41 +0000538 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000539 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
540 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
541 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000542
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000543 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000544 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000545 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
546 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
547 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
548 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
549 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
550 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000551
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000552 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000553 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000554 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
555 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
556 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
557 allowed to be discarded.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000558
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000559 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000560 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
561 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
562 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
563 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
564
565 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt>: </dt>
566 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
567 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
568 global scope.
569 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
570 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000571 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
572 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
573 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
574 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000575
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000576
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000577 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000578 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000579 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
580 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
581 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
582 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000583
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000584 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000585 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
586 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
587 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000588
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000589 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000590 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000591 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
592 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
593 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
594 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
595 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
596 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
597 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000598
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000599 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000600 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000601 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
602 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000603</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000604
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000605<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
606 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
607 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000608
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000609<dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000610 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000611 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000612 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
613 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
614 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
615 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000616
617 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000618 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000619 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
620 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
621 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
622 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000623</dl>
624
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000625<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
626 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
627 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
628 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
629 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
630
631<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
632 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
633 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
634
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000635<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000636 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
637
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000638</div>
639
640<!-- ======================================================================= -->
641<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000642 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
643</div>
644
645<div class="doc_text">
646
647<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000648 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
649 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
650 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
651 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
652 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000653
654<dl>
655 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000656 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000657 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
658 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
659 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
660 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000661
662 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000663 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000664 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
665 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
666 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
667 (Application Binary Interface). Implementations of this convention should
668 allow arbitrary <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call
669 optimization</a> to be supported. This calling convention does not
670 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match
671 the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000672
673 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000674 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000675 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
676 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
677 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
678 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
679 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000680
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000681 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000682 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000683 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
684 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000685</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000686
687<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000688 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
689 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000690
691</div>
692
693<!-- ======================================================================= -->
694<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000695 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
696</div>
697
698<div class="doc_text">
699
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000700<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
701 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000702
703<dl>
704 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000705 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000706 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
707 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
708 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
709 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000710
711 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000712 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000713 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
714 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
715 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
716 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000717
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000718 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000719 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000720 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
721 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
722 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000723</dl>
724
725</div>
726
727<!-- ======================================================================= -->
728<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000729 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
730</div>
731
732<div class="doc_text">
733
734<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000735 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
736 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000737
738<div class="doc_code">
739<pre>
740%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
741</pre>
742</div>
743
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000744<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
745 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
746 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000747
748<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000749 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
750 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
751 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
752 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
753 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
754 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
755 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
756 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000757
758</div>
759
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000760<!-- ======================================================================= -->
761<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000762 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
763</div>
764
765<div class="doc_text">
766
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000767<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000768 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
769 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
770 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
771 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
772 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
773 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
774 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
775 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
776 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
777 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000778
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000779<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
780 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
781 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
782 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
783 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
784 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000785
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000786<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
787 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
788 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
789 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
790 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000791
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000792<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
793 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
794 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
795 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
796 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000797
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000798<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000799 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000800
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000801<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000802 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
803 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
804 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
805 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000806
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000807<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
808 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000809
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000810<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000811<pre>
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000812@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000813</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000814</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000815
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000816</div>
817
818
819<!-- ======================================================================= -->
820<div class="doc_subsection">
821 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
822</div>
823
824<div class="doc_text">
825
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000826<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, an
827 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
828 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
829 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
830 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
831 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
832 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
833 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
834 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
835 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000836
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000837<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
838 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
839 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
840 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
841 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
842 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
843 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000844
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000845<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000846 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
847 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
848 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
849 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000850
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000851<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000852 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
853 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
854 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
855 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000856
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000857<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000858 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000859
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000860<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000861 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
862 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
863 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
864 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000865
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000866<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000867<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000868<pre>
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000869define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000870 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
871 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
872 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
873 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
874</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000875</div>
876
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000877</div>
878
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000879<!-- ======================================================================= -->
880<div class="doc_subsection">
881 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
882</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000883
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000884<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000885
886<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
887 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
888 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
889 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000890
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000891<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000892<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000893<pre>
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000894@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000895</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000896</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000897
898</div>
899
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000900<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000901<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000902
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000903<div class="doc_text">
904
905<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
906 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
907 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
908 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
909 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
910 can have the same function type.</p>
911
912<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
913 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
914 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000915
916<div class="doc_code">
917<pre>
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000918declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000919declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
920declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000921</pre>
922</div>
923
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000924<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
925 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000926
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000927<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000928
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000929<dl>
930 <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000931 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
932 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
933 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000934
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000935 <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000936 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
937 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
938 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000939
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000940 <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000941 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
942 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
943 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
944 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
945 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000946
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000947 <dt><tt><a name="byval">byval</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000948 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
949 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
950 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
951 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
952 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
953 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
954 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
955 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
956 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
957 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
958 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
959 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
960 stack slot.</dd>
961
962 <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000963 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
964 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
965 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
966 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
967 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
968 for return values. </dd>
969
970 <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000971 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
972 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
973 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
974 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
975 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
976 response in
977 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
978 analysis</a>.</dd>
979
980 <dt><tt>nocapture</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000981 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
982 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
983 values.</dd>
984
985 <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000986 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
987 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
988 attribute for return values.</dd>
989</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000990
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000991</div>
992
993<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000994<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +0000995 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
996</div>
997
998<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +0000999
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001000<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1001 string:</p>
1002
1003<div class="doc_code">
1004<pre>
1005define void @f() gc "name" { ...
1006</pre>
1007</div>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001008
1009<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001010 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1011 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1012
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001013</div>
1014
1015<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1016<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001017 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001018</div>
1019
1020<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001021
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001022<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1023 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1024 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1025 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001026
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001027<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1028 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001029
1030<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001031<pre>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001032define void @f() noinline { ... }
1033define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1034define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
1035define void @f() optsize
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001036</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001037</div>
1038
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001039<dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001040 <dt><tt>alwaysinline</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001041 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1042 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1043 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001044
Dale Johannesende86d472009-08-26 01:08:21 +00001045 <dt><tt>inlinehint</tt></dt>
1046 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1047 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1048 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1049
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001050 <dt><tt>noinline</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001051 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1052 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1053 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001054
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001055 <dt><tt>optsize</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001056 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1057 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1058 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001059
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001060 <dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001061 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1062 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1063 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001064
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001065 <dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001066 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1067 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1068 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001069
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001070 <dt><tt>readnone</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001071 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1072 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1073 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1074 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1075 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1076 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1077 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1078 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1079 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001080
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001081 <dt><tt><a name="readonly">readonly</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001082 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1083 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1084 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1085 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1086 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1087 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1088 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1089 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1090 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001091
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001092 <dt><tt><a name="ssp">ssp</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001093 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1094 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1095 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1096 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1097 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1098<br>
1099 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1100 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1101 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1102
1103 <dt><tt>sspreq</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001104 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1105 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001106 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1107<br>
1108 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1109 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1110 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1111 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001112
1113 <dt><tt>noredzone</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001114 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1115 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1116
1117 <dt><tt>noimplicitfloat</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001118 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1119
1120 <dt><tt>naked</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001121 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1122 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001123</dl>
1124
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001125</div>
1126
1127<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1128<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001129 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001130</div>
1131
1132<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001133
1134<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1135 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1136 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1137 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001138
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001139<div class="doc_code">
1140<pre>
1141module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1142module asm "more can go here"
1143</pre>
1144</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001145
1146<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1147 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001148 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001149
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001150<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1151 assembly code is generated.</p>
1152
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001153</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001154
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001155<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1156<div class="doc_subsection">
1157 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1158</div>
1159
1160<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001161
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001162<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001163 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1164 simply:</p>
1165
1166<div class="doc_code">
1167<pre>
1168target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1169</pre>
1170</div>
1171
1172<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1173 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1174 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1175 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1176
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001177<dl>
1178 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1179 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001180 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1181
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001182 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001183 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001184 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1185 location.</dd>
1186
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001187 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1188 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001189 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1190 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1191 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1192
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001193 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1194 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001195 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1196
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001197 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1198 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001199 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1200
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001201 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1202 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001203 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1204 (double).</dd>
1205
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001206 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1207 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001208 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1209
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001210 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1211 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001212 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001213</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001214
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001215<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001216 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1217 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1218 are given in this list:</p>
1219
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001220<ul>
1221 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1222 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1223 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1224 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1225 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1226 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001227 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001228 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1229 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1230 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1231 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1232 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1233 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001234 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001235</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001236
1237<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1238 following rules:</p>
1239
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001240<ol>
1241 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001242 specification is used.</li>
1243
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001244 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001245 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1246 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1247 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1248 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1249 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1250 specified).</li>
1251
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001252 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001253 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1254 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1255 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001256</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001257
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001258</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001259
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001260<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1261<div class="doc_subsection">
1262 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1263</div>
1264
1265<div class="doc_text">
1266
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001267<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001268with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001269is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1270according to the following rules:</p>
1271
1272<ul>
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001273 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1274 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1275 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1276 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1277 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001278 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1279 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1280 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1281 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001282 no address.</li>
1283 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1284 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1285 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1286 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1287 <li>The result value of a
1288 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001289 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1290 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1291 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1292 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001293 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001294 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1295 </ul>
1296
1297<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001298<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1299alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1300interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1301<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1302and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001303
1304<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1305<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1306LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1307additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1308to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1309
1310</div>
1311
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001312<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001313<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1314<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001315
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001316<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001317
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001318<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001319 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1320 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1321 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1322 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1323 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1324 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001325
1326</div>
1327
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001328<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001329<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001330Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001331
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001332<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001333
1334<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001335
1336<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001337 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001338 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001339 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001340 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001341 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001342 </tr>
1343 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001344 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1345 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001346 </tr>
1347 <tr>
1348 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001349 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1350 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1351 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001352 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001353 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1354 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001355 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1356 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001357 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001358 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001359 <tr>
1360 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1361 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1362 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001363 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1364 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001365 </tr>
1366 <tr>
1367 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1368 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1369 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1370 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1371 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1372 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1373 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1374 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1375 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001376 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001377 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001378 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001379</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001380
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001381<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1382 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
1383 instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to instructions.</p>
1384
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001385</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001386
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001387<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001388<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001389
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001390<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001391
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001392<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001393 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001394
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001395</div>
1396
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001397<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1398<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1399
1400<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001401
1402<table>
1403 <tbody>
1404 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1405 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1406 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1407 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1408 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1409 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1410 </tbody>
1411</table>
1412
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001413</div>
1414
1415<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1416<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1417
1418<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001419
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001420<h5>Overview:</h5>
1421<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1422
1423<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001424<pre>
1425 void
1426</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001427
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001428</div>
1429
1430<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1431<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1432
1433<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001434
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001435<h5>Overview:</h5>
1436<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1437
1438<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001439<pre>
1440 label
1441</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001442
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001443</div>
1444
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1446<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1447
1448<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001449
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001450<h5>Overview:</h5>
1451<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. The only derived type that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001452 may contain metadata is <tt>metadata*</tt> or a function type that returns or
1453 takes metadata typed parameters, but not pointer to metadata types.</p>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001454
1455<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001456<pre>
1457 metadata
1458</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001459
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001460</div>
1461
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001462
1463<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001464<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001465
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001466<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001467
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001468<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1469 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
1470 useful types. Note that these derived types may be recursive: For example,
1471 it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001472
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001473</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001474
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001475<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001476<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1477
1478<div class="doc_text">
1479
1480<h5>Overview:</h5>
1481<p>The integer type is a very simple derived type that simply specifies an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001482 arbitrary bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1483 2^23-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001484
1485<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001486<pre>
1487 iN
1488</pre>
1489
1490<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001491 value.</p>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001492
1493<h5>Examples:</h5>
1494<table class="layout">
Nick Lewycky86c48642009-05-24 02:46:06 +00001495 <tr class="layout">
1496 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1497 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001498 </tr>
Nick Lewycky86c48642009-05-24 02:46:06 +00001499 <tr class="layout">
1500 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1501 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1502 </tr>
1503 <tr class="layout">
1504 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1505 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1506 </tr>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001507</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001508
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001509<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types to be
1510 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a return type
1511 the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1512 often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit targets.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001513
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001514</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001515
1516<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001517<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001518
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001519<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001520
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001521<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001522<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001523 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1524 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001525
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001526<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001527<pre>
1528 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1529</pre>
1530
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001531<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1532 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001533
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001534<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001535<table class="layout">
1536 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001537 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1538 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1539 </tr>
1540 <tr class="layout">
1541 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1542 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1543 </tr>
1544 <tr class="layout">
1545 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1546 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001547 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001548</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001549<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1550<table class="layout">
1551 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001552 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1553 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1554 </tr>
1555 <tr class="layout">
1556 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1557 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1558 </tr>
1559 <tr class="layout">
1560 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1561 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001562 </tr>
1563</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001564
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001565<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1566 length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
1567 LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). As
1568 a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1569 length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
1570 type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001571
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001572<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1573 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1574 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1575 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001576
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001577</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001578
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001579<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001580<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001581
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001582<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001583
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001584<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001585<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1586 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
1587 function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. If the return
1588 type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first class types,
1589 and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001590
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001591<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001592<pre>
1593 &lt;returntype list&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
1594</pre>
1595
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001596<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001597 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1598 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1599 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1600 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
1601 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of
1602 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type specifiers.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001603
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001604<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001605<table class="layout">
1606 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001607 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1608 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001609 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001610 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001611 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001612 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001613 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1614 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001615 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001616 <tt>float</tt>.
1617 </td>
1618 </tr><tr class="layout">
1619 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1620 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001621 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001622 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1623 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001624 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001625 </tr><tr class="layout">
1626 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Misha Brukmanb0a57aa2008-11-27 06:41:20 +00001627 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning two
1628 <tt>i32</tt> values as an aggregate of type <tt>{ i32, i32 }</tt>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001629 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001630 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001631</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001632
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001633</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001634
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001635<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001636<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001637
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001638<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001639
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001640<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001641<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1642 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1643 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1644 size.</p>
1645
1646<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1647 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1648 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1649
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001650<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001651<pre>
1652 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1653</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001654
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001655<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001656<table class="layout">
1657 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001658 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1659 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1660 </tr><tr class="layout">
1661 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1662 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1663 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1664 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1665 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001666 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001667</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001668
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001669<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1670 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1671 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1672 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001673
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001674</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001675
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001676<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001677<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1678</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001679
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001680<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001681
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001682<h5>Overview:</h5>
1683<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001684 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1685 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1686 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1687
1688<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1689 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1690 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1691
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001692<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001693<pre>
1694 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1695</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001696
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001697<h5>Examples:</h5>
1698<table class="layout">
1699 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001700 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1701 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1702 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001703 <td class="left">
1704<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001705 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1706 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1707 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1708 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001709 </tr>
1710</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001711
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001712</div>
1713
1714<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001715<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001716
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001717<div class="doc_text">
1718
1719<h5>Overview:</h5>
1720<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or reference to
1721 another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have an optional
1722 address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered address space
1723 where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is zero.</p>
1724
1725<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1726 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001727
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001728<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001729<pre>
1730 &lt;type&gt; *
1731</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001732
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001733<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001734<table class="layout">
1735 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001736 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001737 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1738 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1739 </tr>
1740 <tr class="layout">
1741 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1742 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001743 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001744 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1745 </tr>
1746 <tr class="layout">
1747 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1748 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1749 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001750 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001751</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001752
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001753</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001754
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001755<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001756<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001757
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001758<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001759
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001760<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001761<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1762 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1763 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
1764 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
1765 of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are considered
1766 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001767
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001768<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001769<pre>
1770 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1771</pre>
1772
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001773<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1774 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001775
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001776<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001777<table class="layout">
1778 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001779 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1780 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1781 </tr>
1782 <tr class="layout">
1783 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1784 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1785 </tr>
1786 <tr class="layout">
1787 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1788 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001789 </tr>
1790</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001791
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001792<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types to be
1793 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a vector
1794 return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1795 often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001796
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001797</div>
1798
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001799<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1800<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1801<div class="doc_text">
1802
1803<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001804<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001805 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1806 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1807 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001808
1809<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001810<pre>
1811 opaque
1812</pre>
1813
1814<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001815<table class="layout">
1816 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001817 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1818 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001819 </tr>
1820</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001821
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001822</div>
1823
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001824<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1825<div class="doc_subsection">
1826 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1827</div>
1828
1829<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001830
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001831<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001832<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1833 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1834 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1835 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1836 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001837
1838<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001839 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001840 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1841 \1* %z = type %z*
1842</pre>
1843
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001844<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1845 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1846 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1847 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1848 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001849
1850<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1851<pre>
1852 \&lt;level&gt;
1853</pre>
1854
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001855<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001856
1857<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001858<table class="layout">
1859 <tr class="layout">
1860 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1861 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1862 </tr>
1863 <tr class="layout">
1864 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1865 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1866 structure.</td>
1867 </tr>
1868</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001869
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001870</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001871
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001872<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1873<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1874<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1875
1876<div class="doc_text">
1877
1878<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001879 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001880
1881</div>
1882
1883<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001884<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001885
1886<div class="doc_text">
1887
1888<dl>
1889 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001890 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001891 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001892
1893 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001894 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
1895 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
1896 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001897
1898 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001899 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001900 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
1901 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
1902 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1903 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1904 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001905
1906 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001907 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001908 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001909</dl>
1910
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001911<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1912 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
1913 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
1914 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1915 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1916 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
1917 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
1918 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
1919 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
1920 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
1921
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00001922<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001923 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
1924 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
1925 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
1926 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
1927 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
1928 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
1929 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
1930 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
1931 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
1932 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
1933 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
1934
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001935</div>
1936
1937<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001938<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00001939<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
1940<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001941</div>
1942
1943<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001944
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001945<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001946 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001947
1948<dl>
1949 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001950 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001951 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
1952 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1953 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
1954 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
1955 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1956 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001957
1958 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001959 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001960 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
1961 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
1962 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
1963 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1964 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001965
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001966 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001967 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001968 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1969 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
1970 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
1971 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
1972 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001973
1974 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001975 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001976 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1977 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
1978 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
1979 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00001980
1981 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00001982 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001983 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
1984 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
1985 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
1986 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001987</dl>
1988
1989</div>
1990
1991<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1992<div class="doc_subsection">
1993 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
1994</div>
1995
1996<div class="doc_text">
1997
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001998<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
1999 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2000 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2001 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2002 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2003 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002004
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002005<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002006<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002007@X = global i32 17
2008@Y = global i32 42
2009@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002010</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002011</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002012
2013</div>
2014
2015<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002016<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002017<div class="doc_text">
2018
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002019<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has no
2020 specific value. Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere a
2021 constant is permitted.</p>
2022
2023<p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined no
2024 matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize.</p>
2025
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002026</div>
2027
2028<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2029<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2030</div>
2031
2032<div class="doc_text">
2033
2034<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002035 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2036 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2037 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2038 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002039
2040<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002041 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002042 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2043 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002044
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002045 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002046 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2047 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2048 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002049
2050 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002051 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2052 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2053 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002054
2055 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002056 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2057 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2058 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002059
2060 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002061 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2062 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2063 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002064
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002065 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002066 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002067 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2068 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2069 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2070 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002071
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002072 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002073 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002074 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2075 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2076 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2077 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002078
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002079 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002080 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002081 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2082 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2083 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2084 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002085
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002086 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002087 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002088 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2089 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2090 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2091 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002092
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002093 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2094 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002095 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2096 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2097 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002098
2099 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002100 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2101 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2102 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2103 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002104
2105 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002106 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2107 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2108 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002109
2110 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002111 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002112 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002113 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2114 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2115 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002116
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002117 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002118 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002119
2120 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2121 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2122
2123 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2124 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002125
2126 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002127 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2128 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002129
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002130 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002131 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2132 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002133
2134 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002135 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2136 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002137
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002138 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002139 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2140 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2141 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2142 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2143 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002144</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002145
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002146</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002147
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002148<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2149<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Embedded Metadata</a>
2150</div>
2151
2152<div class="doc_text">
2153
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002154<p>Embedded metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the instruction
2155 stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are two
2156 metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
2157 <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
2158 point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002159
2160<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002161 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2162 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002163
2164<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002165 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceeded by an
2166 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2167 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002168
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002169<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In the
2170 event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
2171 "<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewyckycb337992009-05-10 20:57:05 +00002172
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002173<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002174 the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
2175 computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata
2176 format to be used to express debugging information.</p>
2177
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002178</div>
2179
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002180<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002181<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2182<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2183
2184<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2185<div class="doc_subsection">
2186<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2187</div>
2188
2189<div class="doc_text">
2190
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002191<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2192 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2193 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2194 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
2195 as a string), and a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
2196 expression has side effects. An example inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002197
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002198<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002199<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002200i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002201</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002202</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002203
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002204<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2205 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2206 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002207
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002208<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002209<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002210%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002211</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002212</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002213
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002214<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2215 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2216 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002217
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002218<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002219<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002220call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002221</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002222</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002223
2224<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002225 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2226 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2227 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002228
2229</div>
2230
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002231
2232<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2233<div class="doc_section">
2234 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2235</div>
2236<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2237
2238<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2239code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002240of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2241section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2242by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002243
2244<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2245<div class="doc_subsection">
2246<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2247</div>
2248
2249<div class="doc_text">
2250
2251<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2252href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2253pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2254cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2255
2256<pre>
2257 @X = global i8 4
2258 @Y = global i32 123
2259
2260 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2261 i8* @X,
2262 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2263 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2264</pre>
2265
2266<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2267compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2268a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2269internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2270list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2271inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2272"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2273
2274<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2275object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2276
2277</div>
2278
2279<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2280<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002281<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2282</div>
2283
2284<div class="doc_text">
2285
2286<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2287<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2288touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2289linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2290by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2291
2292<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2293should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2294
2295</div>
2296
2297<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2298<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002299<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2300</div>
2301
2302<div class="doc_text">
2303
2304<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2305
2306</div>
2307
2308<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2309<div class="doc_subsection">
2310<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2311</div>
2312
2313<div class="doc_text">
2314
2315<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2316
2317</div>
2318
2319
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002320<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002321<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2322<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002323
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002324<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002325
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002326<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2327 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2328 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2329 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2330 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2331 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002332
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002333</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002334
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002335<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002336<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2337Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002338
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002339<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002340
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002341<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2342 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2343 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2344 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2345 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2346 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2347
2348<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the
2349 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2350 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2351 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
2352 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2353 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2354 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002355
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002356</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002357
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002358<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002359<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2360Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002361
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002362<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002363
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002364<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002365<pre>
2366 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002367 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002368</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002369
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002370<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002371<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2372 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2373
2374<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2375 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2376 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002377
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002378<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002379<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2380 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2381 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002382
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002383<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2384 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2385 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2386 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2387 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002388
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002389<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002390<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2391 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2392 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2393 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2394 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2395 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2396 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2397 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002398
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002399<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002400<pre>
2401 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002402 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002403 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002404</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002405
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00002406<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large
2407 return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are
2408 dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit
2409 is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits.
2410 For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element
2411 types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer
2412 elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002413
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002414</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002415<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002416<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002417
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002418<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002419
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002420<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002421<pre>
2422 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002423</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002424
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002425<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002426<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2427 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2428 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2429 branch.</p>
2430
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002431<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002432<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2433 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2434 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2435 target.</p>
2436
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002437<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002438<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002439 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2440 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2441 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2442
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002443<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002444<pre>
2445Test:
2446 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2447 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2448IfEqual:
2449 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2450IfUnequal:
2451 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2452</pre>
2453
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002454</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002455
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002456<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002457<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2458 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2459</div>
2460
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002461<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002462
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002463<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002464<pre>
2465 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2466</pre>
2467
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002468<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002469<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002470 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2471 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2472 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002473
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002474<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002475<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002476 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2477 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2478 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002479
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002480<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002481<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002482 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2483 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
2484 transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2485 transfered to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002486
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002487<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002488<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002489 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2490 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2491 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002492
2493<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002494<pre>
2495 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002496 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002497 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002498
2499 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002500 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002501
2502 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002503 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2504 i32 1, label %onone
2505 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002506</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002507
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002508</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002509
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002510<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002511<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2512 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2513</div>
2514
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002515<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002516
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002517<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002518<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002519 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002520 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002521</pre>
2522
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002523<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002524<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002525 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2526 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2527 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2528 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2529 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2530 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2531 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002532
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002533<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002534<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002535
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002536<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002537 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2538 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2539 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002540
2541 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002542 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2543 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002544
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002545 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002546 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2547 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2548 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002549
2550 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002551 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002552
2553 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002554 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the
2555 function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can
2556 be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002557
2558 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002559 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002560
2561 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002562 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002563
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002564 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002565 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2566 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002567</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002568
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002569<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002570<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
2571 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
2572 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
2573 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002574
2575<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002576 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2577 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2578 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002579
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002580<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
2581 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
2582 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
2583 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00002584
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002585<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002586<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002587 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002588 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002589 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002590 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002591</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002592
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002593</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002594
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002595<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002596
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002597<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2598Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002599
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002600<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002601
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002602<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002603<pre>
2604 unwind
2605</pre>
2606
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002607<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002608<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002609 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
2610 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
2611 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002612
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002613<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002614<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002615 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
2616 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
2617 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
2618 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
2619 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
2620
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002621</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002622
2623<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2624
2625<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2626Instruction</a> </div>
2627
2628<div class="doc_text">
2629
2630<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2631<pre>
2632 unreachable
2633</pre>
2634
2635<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002636<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002637 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2638 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2639 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002640
2641<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002642<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002643
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002644</div>
2645
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002646<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002647<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002648
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002649<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002650
2651<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
2652 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
2653 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
2654 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
2655 has the same type as its operands.</p>
2656
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002657<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002658
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002659</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002660
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002661<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002662<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2663 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2664</div>
2665
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002666<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002667
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002668<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002669<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002670 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002671 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2672 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2673 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002674</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002675
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002676<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002677<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002678
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002679<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002680<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
2681 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2682 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002683
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002684<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002685<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002686
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002687<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
2688 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002689
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002690<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2691 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002692
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002693<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2694 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2695 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
2696 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002697
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002698<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002699<pre>
2700 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002701</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002702
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002703</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002704
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002705<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002706<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002707 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
2708</div>
2709
2710<div class="doc_text">
2711
2712<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002713<pre>
2714 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2715</pre>
2716
2717<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002718<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
2719
2720<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002721<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002722 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2723 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002724
2725<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002726<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
2727
2728<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002729<pre>
2730 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
2731</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002732
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002733</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002734
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002735<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2736<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002737 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2738</div>
2739
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002740<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002741
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002742<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002743<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002744 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002745 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2746 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2747 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002748</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002749
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002750<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002751<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002752 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002753
2754<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002755 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2756 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002757
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002758<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002759<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
2760 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2761 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002762
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002763<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002764<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002765
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002766<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002767 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
2768 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002769
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002770<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2771 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002772
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002773<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2774 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2775 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
2776 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002777
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002778<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00002779<pre>
2780 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002781 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002782</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002783
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002784</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002785
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002786<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002787<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002788 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2789</div>
2790
2791<div class="doc_text">
2792
2793<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002794<pre>
2795 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2796</pre>
2797
2798<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002799<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002800 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002801
2802<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002803 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2804 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002805
2806<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00002807<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002808 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2809 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002810
2811<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002812<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
2813
2814<h5>Example:</h5>
2815<pre>
2816 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
2817 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
2818</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002819
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002820</div>
2821
2822<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2823<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002824 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
2825</div>
2826
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002827<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002828
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002829<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002830<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002831 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002832 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2833 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2834 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002835</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002836
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002837<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002838<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002839
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002840<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002841<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
2842 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2843 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002844
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002845<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002846<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002847
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002848<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
2849 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
2850 width of the result.</p>
2851
2852<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
2853 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
2854 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
2855 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
2856 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
2857 product.</p>
2858
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002859<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2860 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2861 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
2862 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002863
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002864<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002865<pre>
2866 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002867</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002868
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002869</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002870
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002871<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002872<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2873 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
2874</div>
2875
2876<div class="doc_text">
2877
2878<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002879<pre>
2880 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002881</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002882
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002883<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002884<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002885
2886<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002887<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002888 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2889 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002890
2891<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002892<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
2893
2894<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002895<pre>
2896 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002897</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002898
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002899</div>
2900
2901<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002902<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
2903</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002904
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002905<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002906
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002907<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002908<pre>
2909 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002910</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002911
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002912<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002913<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002914
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002915<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2916<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002917 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2918 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002919
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002920<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002921<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002922
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002923<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002924 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
2925
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002926<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002927
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002928<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002929<pre>
2930 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002931</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002932
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002933</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002934
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002935<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2936<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
2937</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002938
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002939<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002940
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002941<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002942<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002943 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002944 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002945</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002946
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002947<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002948<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002949
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002950<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002951<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002952 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2953 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002954
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002955<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002956<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
2957 towards zero.</p>
2958
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002959<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002960 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
2961
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002962<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002963 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
2964 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
2965
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00002966<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
2967 <tt>sdiv</tt> is undefined if the result would be rounded or if overflow
2968 would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002969
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002970<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002971<pre>
2972 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002973</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002974
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002975</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002976
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002977<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2978<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002979Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002980
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002981<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002982
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002983<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002984<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002985 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002986</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002987
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002988<h5>Overview:</h5>
2989<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002990
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002991<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002992<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002993 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2994 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002995
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002996<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002997<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002998
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002999<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003000<pre>
3001 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003002</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003003
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003004</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003005
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003006<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003007<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3008</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003009
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003010<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003011
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003012<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003013<pre>
3014 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003015</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003016
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003017<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003018<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3019 division of its two arguments.</p>
3020
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003021<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003022<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003023 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3024 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3025
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003026<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3027<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003028 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3029 remainder.</p>
3030
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003031<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003032 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3033
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003034<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003035
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003036<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003037<pre>
3038 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003039</pre>
3040
3041</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003042
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003043<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003044<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3045 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3046</div>
3047
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003048<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003049
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003050<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003051<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003052 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003053</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003054
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003055<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003056<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3057 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3058 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3059 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003060
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003061<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003062<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003063 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3064 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003065
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003066<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003067<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003068 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3069 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3070 a value. For more information about the difference,
3071 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3072 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3073 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3074 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3075
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003076<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003077 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3078
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003079<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003080 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3081 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3082 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3083 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3084 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3085
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003086<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003087<pre>
3088 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003089</pre>
3090
3091</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003092
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003093<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003094<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3095 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3096
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003097<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003098
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003099<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003100<pre>
3101 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003102</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003103
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003104<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003105<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3106 its two operands.</p>
3107
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003108<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3109<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003110 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3111 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003112
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003113<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003114<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3115 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003116
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003117<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003118<pre>
3119 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003120</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003121
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003122</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003123
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003124<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3125<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3126Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003127
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003128<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003129
3130<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3131 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3132 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3133 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3134 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3135
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003136</div>
3137
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003138<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3139<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3140Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003141
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003142<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003143
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003144<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003145<pre>
3146 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003147</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003148
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003149<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003150<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3151 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003152
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003153<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003154<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3155 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3156 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003157
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003158<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003159<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3160 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3161 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3162 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3163 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3164 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003165
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003166<h5>Example:</h5>
3167<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003168 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3169 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3170 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003171 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003172 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003173</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003174
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003175</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003176
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003177<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3178<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3179Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003180
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003181<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003182
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003183<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003184<pre>
3185 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003186</pre>
3187
3188<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003189<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3190 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003191
3192<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3193<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003194 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3195 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003196
3197<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3198<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003199 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3200 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3201 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3202 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3203 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003204
3205<h5>Example:</h5>
3206<pre>
3207 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3208 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3209 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3210 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003211 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003212 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003213</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003214
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003215</div>
3216
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003217<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003218<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3219Instruction</a> </div>
3220<div class="doc_text">
3221
3222<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003223<pre>
3224 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003225</pre>
3226
3227<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003228<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3229 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3230 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003231
3232<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3233<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003234 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3235 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003236
3237<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003238<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3239 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3240 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3241 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3242 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3243 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003244
3245<h5>Example:</h5>
3246<pre>
3247 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3248 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3249 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3250 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003251 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003252 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003253</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003254
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003255</div>
3256
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003257<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003258<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3259Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003260
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003261<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003262
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003263<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003264<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003265 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003266</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003267
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003268<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003269<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3270 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003271
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003272<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003273<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003274 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3275 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003276
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003277<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003278<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003279
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003280<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003281 <tbody>
3282 <tr>
3283 <td>In0</td>
3284 <td>In1</td>
3285 <td>Out</td>
3286 </tr>
3287 <tr>
3288 <td>0</td>
3289 <td>0</td>
3290 <td>0</td>
3291 </tr>
3292 <tr>
3293 <td>0</td>
3294 <td>1</td>
3295 <td>0</td>
3296 </tr>
3297 <tr>
3298 <td>1</td>
3299 <td>0</td>
3300 <td>0</td>
3301 </tr>
3302 <tr>
3303 <td>1</td>
3304 <td>1</td>
3305 <td>1</td>
3306 </tr>
3307 </tbody>
3308</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003309
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003310<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003311<pre>
3312 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003313 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3314 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003315</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003316</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003317<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003318<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003319
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003320<div class="doc_text">
3321
3322<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3323<pre>
3324 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3325</pre>
3326
3327<h5>Overview:</h5>
3328<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3329 two operands.</p>
3330
3331<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003332<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003333 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3334 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3335
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003336<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003337<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003338
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003339<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3340 <tbody>
3341 <tr>
3342 <td>In0</td>
3343 <td>In1</td>
3344 <td>Out</td>
3345 </tr>
3346 <tr>
3347 <td>0</td>
3348 <td>0</td>
3349 <td>0</td>
3350 </tr>
3351 <tr>
3352 <td>0</td>
3353 <td>1</td>
3354 <td>1</td>
3355 </tr>
3356 <tr>
3357 <td>1</td>
3358 <td>0</td>
3359 <td>1</td>
3360 </tr>
3361 <tr>
3362 <td>1</td>
3363 <td>1</td>
3364 <td>1</td>
3365 </tr>
3366 </tbody>
3367</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003368
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003369<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003370<pre>
3371 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003372 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3373 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003374</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003375
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003376</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003377
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003378<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003379<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3380Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003381
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003382<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003383
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003384<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003385<pre>
3386 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003387</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003388
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003389<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003390<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3391 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3392 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3393
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003394<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003395<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003396 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3397 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003398
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003399<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003400<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003401
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003402<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3403 <tbody>
3404 <tr>
3405 <td>In0</td>
3406 <td>In1</td>
3407 <td>Out</td>
3408 </tr>
3409 <tr>
3410 <td>0</td>
3411 <td>0</td>
3412 <td>0</td>
3413 </tr>
3414 <tr>
3415 <td>0</td>
3416 <td>1</td>
3417 <td>1</td>
3418 </tr>
3419 <tr>
3420 <td>1</td>
3421 <td>0</td>
3422 <td>1</td>
3423 </tr>
3424 <tr>
3425 <td>1</td>
3426 <td>1</td>
3427 <td>0</td>
3428 </tr>
3429 </tbody>
3430</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003431
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003432<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003433<pre>
3434 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003435 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3436 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3437 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003438</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003439
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003440</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003441
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003442<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003443<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003444 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3445</div>
3446
3447<div class="doc_text">
3448
3449<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003450 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3451 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3452 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3453 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3454 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003455
3456</div>
3457
3458<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3459<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3460 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3461</div>
3462
3463<div class="doc_text">
3464
3465<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003466<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003467 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003468</pre>
3469
3470<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003471<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3472 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003473
3474
3475<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003476<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3477 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3478 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3479 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003480
3481<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003482<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3483 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3484 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3485 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003486
3487<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003488<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003489 %result = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003490</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003491
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003492</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003493
3494<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3495<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3496 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3497</div>
3498
3499<div class="doc_text">
3500
3501<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003502<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003503 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003504</pre>
3505
3506<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003507<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3508 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003509
3510<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003511<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3512 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3513 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3514 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3515 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003516
3517<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003518<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3519 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3520 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3521 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003522
3523<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003524<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003525 %result = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003526</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003527
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003528</div>
3529
3530<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3531<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3532 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3533</div>
3534
3535<div class="doc_text">
3536
3537<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003538<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003539 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003540</pre>
3541
3542<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003543<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3544 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3545 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003546
3547<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003548<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3549 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3550 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3551 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3552 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003553
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003554<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3555 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003556
3557<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003558<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
3559 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
3560 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
3561 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
3562 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003563
3564<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003565<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003566 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003567 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003568 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
3569 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003570 %result = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
3571 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
3572 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
3573 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003574</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003575
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003576</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003577
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003578<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3579<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003580 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3581</div>
3582
3583<div class="doc_text">
3584
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003585<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003586
3587</div>
3588
3589<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3590<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3591 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3592</div>
3593
3594<div class="doc_text">
3595
3596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003597<pre>
3598 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3599</pre>
3600
3601<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003602<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3603 or array element from an aggregate value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003604
3605<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003606<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3607 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3608 operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar
3609 manner as indices in a
3610 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003611
3612<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003613<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
3614 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003615
3616<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003617<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003618 %result = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003619</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003620
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003621</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003622
3623<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3624<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3625 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3626</div>
3627
3628<div class="doc_text">
3629
3630<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003631<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003632 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003633</pre>
3634
3635<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003636<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a struct field or
3637 array element in an aggregate.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003638
3639
3640<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003641<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3642 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3643 second operand is a first-class value to insert. The following operands are
3644 constant indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
3645 similar manner as indices in a
3646 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
3647 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
3648 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003649
3650<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003651<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
3652 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
3653 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003654
3655<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003656<pre>
Dan Gohman52bb2db2008-06-23 15:26:37 +00003657 %result = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003658</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003659
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003660</div>
3661
3662
3663<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3664<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003665 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003666</div>
3667
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003668<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003669
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003670<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
3671 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
3672 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, allocate, and free
3673 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003674
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003675</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003676
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003677<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003678<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3679 <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a>
3680</div>
3681
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003682<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003683
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003684<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003685<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003686 &lt;result&gt; = malloc &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003687</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003688
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003689<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003690<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system heap and
3691 returns a pointer to it. The object is always allocated in the generic
3692 address space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003693
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003694<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003695<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003696 <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory from the operating
3697 system and returns a pointer of the appropriate type to the program. If
3698 "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated, otherwise
3699 "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is specified,
3700 the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least
3701 that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align
3702 the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003703
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003704<p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003705
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003706<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003707<p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and a
3708 pointer is returned. The result of a zero byte allocation is undefined. The
3709 result is null if there is insufficient memory available.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003710
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003711<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003712<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003713 %array = malloc [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[%4 x i8]*}:array</i>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003714
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003715 %size = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 2, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:size = i32 4</i>
3716 %array1 = malloc i8, i32 4 <i>; yields {i8*}:array1</i>
3717 %array2 = malloc [12 x i8], i32 %size <i>; yields {[12 x i8]*}:array2</i>
3718 %array3 = malloc i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array3</i>
3719 %array4 = malloc i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array4</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003720</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00003721
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003722<p>Note that the code generator does not yet respect the alignment value.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00003723
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003724</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003725
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003726<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003727<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3728 <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a>
3729</div>
3730
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003731<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003732
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003733<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003734<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003735 free &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003736</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003737
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003738<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003739<p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused memory heap
3740 to be reallocated in the future.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003741
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003742<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003743<p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value that was
3744 allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003745
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003746<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003747<p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined after
3748 this instruction executes. If the pointer is null, the operation is a
3749 noop.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003750
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003751<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003752<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003753 %array = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[4 x i8]*}:array</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003754 free [4 x i8]* %array
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003755</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003756
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003757</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003758
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003759<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003760<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3761 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3762</div>
3763
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003764<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003765
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003766<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003767<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003768 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003769</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003770
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003771<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003772<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003773 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
3774 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3775 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003776
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003777<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003778<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
3779 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
3780 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
3781 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
3782 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
3783 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
3784 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
3785 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
3786 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003787
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003788<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003789
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003790<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00003791<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003792 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
3793 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
3794 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
3795 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
3796 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
3797 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
3798 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003799
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003800<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003801<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003802 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3803 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3804 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3805 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003806</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003807
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003808</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003809
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003810<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003811<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3812Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003813
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003814<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003815
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003816<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003817<pre>
3818 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3819 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3820</pre>
3821
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003822<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003823<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003824
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003825<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003826<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
3827 from which to load. The pointer must point to
3828 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
3829 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
3830 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
3831 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3832 instructions. </p>
3833
3834<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3835 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3836 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3837 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
3838 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
3839 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
3840 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
3841
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003842<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003843<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
3844 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
3845 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
3846 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
3847 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
3848 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
3849 same type.</p>
3850
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003851<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003852<pre>
3853 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3854 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003855 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003856</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003857
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003858</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003859
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003860<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003861<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
3862Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003863
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00003864<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003865
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003866<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003867<pre>
3868 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00003869 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003870</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003871
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003872<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003873<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003874
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003875<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003876<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
3877 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
3878 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
3879 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
3880 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
3881 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
3882 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
3883 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3884 instructions.</p>
3885
3886<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3887 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3888 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3889 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
3890 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
3891 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
3892 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
3893
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003894<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003895<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
3896 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
3897 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
3898 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
3899 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
3900 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
3901 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
3902 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
3903
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003904<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003905<pre>
3906 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00003907 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
3908 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003909</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003910
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00003911</div>
3912
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003913<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003914<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3915 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
3916</div>
3917
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003918<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003919
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003920<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003921<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003922 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00003923 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003924</pre>
3925
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003926<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003927<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
3928 subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation
3929 only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003930
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003931<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003932<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00003933 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003934 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
3935 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
3936 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
3937 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
3938 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
3939 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors
3940 and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into can never be
3941 pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before continuing
3942 calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003943
3944<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00003945 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003946 <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00003947 vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
3948 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003949
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003950<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
3951 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003952
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003953<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003954<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003955struct RT {
3956 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00003957 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003958 char C;
3959};
3960struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00003961 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003962 double Y;
3963 struct RT Z;
3964};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003965
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00003966int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003967 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
3968}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003969</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003970</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003971
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003972<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003973
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003974<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003975<pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00003976%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
3977%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003978
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00003979define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003980entry:
3981 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
3982 ret i32* %reg
3983}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003984</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003985</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003986
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003987<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003988<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003989 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
3990 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
3991 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
3992 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
3993 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
3994 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
3995 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
3996 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003997
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003998<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
3999 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4000 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004001
4002<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004003 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004004 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004005 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4006 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004007 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4008 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4009 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004010 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004011</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004012
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004013<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004014 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is undefined if the base pointer is not an
4015 <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object, or if any of the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004016 that would be formed by successive addition of the offsets implied by the
4017 indices to the base address with infinitely precise arithmetic are not an
4018 <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated object.
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004019 The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004020 that point into the object, plus the address one byte past the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004021
4022<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4023 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4024 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4025 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4026 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4027 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4028 section for more information.</p>
4029
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004030<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4031 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004032
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004033<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004034<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004035 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004036 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4037 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004038 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004039 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4040 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004041 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004042 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004043</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004044
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004045</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004046
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004047<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004048<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004049</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004050
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004051<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004052
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004053<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004054 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4055 conversions on the operand.</p>
4056
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004057</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004058
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004059<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004060<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004061 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4062</div>
4063<div class="doc_text">
4064
4065<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4066<pre>
4067 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4068</pre>
4069
4070<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004071<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4072 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004073
4074<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004075<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4076 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4077 size and type of the result, which must be
4078 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4079 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4080 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004081
4082<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004083<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4084 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4085 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4086 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004087
4088<h5>Example:</h5>
4089<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004090 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004091 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
4092 %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004093</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004094
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004095</div>
4096
4097<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4098<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4099 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4100</div>
4101<div class="doc_text">
4102
4103<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4104<pre>
4105 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4106</pre>
4107
4108<h5>Overview:</h5>
4109<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004110 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004111
4112
4113<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4114<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004115 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4116 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4117 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4118 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004119
4120<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4121<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004122 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004123
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004124<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004125
4126<h5>Example:</h5>
4127<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004128 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004129 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004130</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004131
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004132</div>
4133
4134<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4135<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4136 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4137</div>
4138<div class="doc_text">
4139
4140<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4141<pre>
4142 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4143</pre>
4144
4145<h5>Overview:</h5>
4146<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4147
4148<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004149<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
4150 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4151 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4152 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4153 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004154
4155<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004156<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4157 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4158 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004159
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004160<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004161
4162<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004163<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004164 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004165 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004166</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004167
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004168</div>
4169
4170<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4171<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004172 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4173</div>
4174
4175<div class="doc_text">
4176
4177<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004178<pre>
4179 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4180</pre>
4181
4182<h5>Overview:</h5>
4183<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004184 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004185
4186<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4187<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004188 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4189 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
4190 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
4191 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004192
4193<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004194<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
4195 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
4196 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4197 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4198 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004199
4200<h5>Example:</h5>
4201<pre>
4202 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4203 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4204</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004205
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004206</div>
4207
4208<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4209<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004210 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4211</div>
4212<div class="doc_text">
4213
4214<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4215<pre>
4216 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4217</pre>
4218
4219<h5>Overview:</h5>
4220<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004221 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004222
4223<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4224<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004225 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4226 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4227 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004228
4229<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004230<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004231 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4232 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4233 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4234 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004235
4236<h5>Example:</h5>
4237<pre>
4238 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4239 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4240</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004241
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004242</div>
4243
4244<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4245<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004246 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004247</div>
4248<div class="doc_text">
4249
4250<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4251<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004252 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004253</pre>
4254
4255<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004256<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004257 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004258
4259<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004260<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4261 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4262 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4263 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4264 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004265
4266<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004267<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
4268 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4269 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4270 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004271
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004272<h5>Example:</h5>
4273<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004274 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004275 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004276 %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004277</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004278
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004279</div>
4280
4281<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4282<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004283 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004284</div>
4285<div class="doc_text">
4286
4287<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4288<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004289 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004290</pre>
4291
4292<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004293<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004294 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4295 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004296
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004297<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004298<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4299 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4300 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4301 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4302 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004303
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004304<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004305<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004306 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4307 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4308 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004309
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004310<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004311<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004312 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004313 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004314 %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004315</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004316
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004317</div>
4318
4319<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4320<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004321 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004322</div>
4323<div class="doc_text">
4324
4325<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4326<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004327 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004328</pre>
4329
4330<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004331<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004332 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004333
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004334<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004335<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004336 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4337 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4338 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4339 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004340
4341<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004342<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004343 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4344 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4345 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004346
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004347<h5>Example:</h5>
4348<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004349 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004350 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004351</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004352
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004353</div>
4354
4355<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4356<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004357 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004358</div>
4359<div class="doc_text">
4360
4361<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4362<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004363 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004364</pre>
4365
4366<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004367<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4368 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004369
4370<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004371<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004372 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4373 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4374 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4375 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004376
4377<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004378<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4379 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4380 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004381
4382<h5>Example:</h5>
4383<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004384 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004385 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004386</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004387
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004388</div>
4389
4390<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4391<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004392 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4393</div>
4394<div class="doc_text">
4395
4396<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4397<pre>
4398 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4399</pre>
4400
4401<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004402<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4403 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004404
4405<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004406<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4407 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4408 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004409
4410<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4411<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004412 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4413 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4414 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4415 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4416 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4417 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004418
4419<h5>Example:</h5>
4420<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004421 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4422 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004423</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004424
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004425</div>
4426
4427<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4428<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4429 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4430</div>
4431<div class="doc_text">
4432
4433<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4434<pre>
4435 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4436</pre>
4437
4438<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004439<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4440 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004441
4442<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004443<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004444 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4445 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004446
4447<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4448<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004449 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4450 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4451 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4452 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4453 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004454
4455<h5>Example:</h5>
4456<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004457 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
4458 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4459 %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004460</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004461
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004462</div>
4463
4464<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4465<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004466 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004467</div>
4468<div class="doc_text">
4469
4470<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4471<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004472 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004473</pre>
4474
4475<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004476<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004477 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004478
4479<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004480<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4481 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4482 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4483 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4484 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4485 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4486 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4487 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004488
4489<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004490<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004491 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4492 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4493 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4494 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4495 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4496 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004497
4498<h5>Example:</h5>
4499<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004500 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004501 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004502 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004503</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004504
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004505</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004506
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004507<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4508<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004509
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004510<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004511
4512<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4513 defy better classification.</p>
4514
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004515</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004516
4517<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4518<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4519</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004520
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004521<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004522
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004523<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004524<pre>
4525 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004526</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004527
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004528<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004529<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4530 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4531 pointer operands.</p>
4532
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004533<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4534<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004535 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4536 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4537
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004538<ol>
4539 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4540 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4541 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4542 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4543 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4544 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4545 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4546 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4547 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4548 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4549</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004550
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004551<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004552 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4553 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4554
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004555<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004556<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4557 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
4558 either an <a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
4559 result, as follows:</p>
4560
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004561<ol>
4562 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004563 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4564 performed.</li>
4565
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004566 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004567 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4568 performed.</li>
4569
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004570 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004571 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4572
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004573 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004574 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4575 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4576
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004577 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004578 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4579
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004580 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004581 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4582
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004583 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004584 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4585
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004586 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004587 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4588 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4589
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004590 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004591 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4592
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004593 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004594 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004595</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004596
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004597<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004598 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4599
4600<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4601 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4602 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004603
4604<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004605<pre>
4606 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004607 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4608 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4609 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4610 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4611 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004612</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004613
4614<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4615 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4616
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004617</div>
4618
4619<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4620<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4621</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004622
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004623<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004624
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004625<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004626<pre>
4627 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004628</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004629
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004630<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004631<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
4632 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
4633
4634<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
4635(<a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
4636
4637<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
4638 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
4639 compared.</p>
4640
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004641<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4642<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004643 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4644 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4645
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004646<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004647 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004648 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4649 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4650 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4651 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4652 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4653 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4654 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4655 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4656 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4657 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4658 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4659 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4660 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4661 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004662 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004663</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004664
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004665<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004666 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
4667
4668<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
4669 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
4670 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
4671 identical types.</p>
4672
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004673<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004674<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004675 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
4676 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
4677 performed always yields an <a href="#t_primitive">i1</a> result, as
4678 follows:</p>
4679
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004680<ol>
4681 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004682
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004683 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004684 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4685
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004686 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004687 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4688
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004689 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004690 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4691
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004692 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004693 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4694
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004695 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004696 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4697
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004698 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004699 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4700
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004701 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004702
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004703 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004704 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4705
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004706 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004707 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4708
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004709 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004710 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4711
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004712 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004713 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4714
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004715 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004716 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4717
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004718 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004719 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4720
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004721 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004722
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004723 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4724</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004725
4726<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004727<pre>
4728 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004729 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4730 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4731 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004732</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004733
4734<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4735 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4736
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004737</div>
4738
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004739<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004740<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004741 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4742</div>
4743
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004744<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004745
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004746<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004747<pre>
4748 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
4749</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004750
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004751<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004752<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
4753 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4754
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004755<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004756<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
4757 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
4758 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
4759 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
4760 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
4761 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004762
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004763<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
4764 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
4765 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004766
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004767<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
4768 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
4769 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
4770 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00004771
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004772<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004773<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004774 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
4775 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004776
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004777<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004778<pre>
4779Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4780 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4781 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4782 br label %Loop
4783</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004784
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004785</div>
4786
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004787<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4788<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4789 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4790</div>
4791
4792<div class="doc_text">
4793
4794<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004795<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004796 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4797
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004798 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004799</pre>
4800
4801<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004802<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4803 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004804
4805
4806<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004807<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
4808 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
4809 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
4810 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
4811 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004812
4813<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004814<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
4815 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004816
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004817<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
4818 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004819
4820<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004821<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004822 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004823</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004824
4825<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
4826 with vector type.</p>
4827
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004828</div>
4829
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00004830<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4831<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004832 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
4833</div>
4834
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004835<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004836
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004837<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004838<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00004839 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004840</pre>
4841
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004842<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004843<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004844
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004845<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004846<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004847
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004848<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004849 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
4850 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present,
4851 the function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls
4852 may be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
4853 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004854
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004855 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
4856 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
4857 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004858
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004859 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
4860 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
4861 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
4862
4863 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
4864 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
4865 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
4866
4867 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
4868 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
4869 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
4870 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
4871
4872 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
4873 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
4874 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
4875 to function value.</li>
4876
4877 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
4878 signature argument types. All arguments must be of
4879 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
4880 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
4881 arguments can be specified.</li>
4882
4883 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
4884 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
4885 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004886</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004887
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004888<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004889<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
4890 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
4891 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
4892 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
4893 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
4894 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004895
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004896<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004897<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00004898 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00004899 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
4900 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
4901 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
4902 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00004903
4904 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004905 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00004906 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
4907 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00004908 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00004909 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004910</pre>
4911
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004912</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004913
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004914<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004915<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00004916 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004917</div>
4918
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004919<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004920
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004921<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004922<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004923 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004924</pre>
4925
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004926<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004927<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004928 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
4929 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004930
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004931<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004932<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
4933 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
4934 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
4935 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004936
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004937<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004938<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
4939 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
4940 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
4941 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004942
4943<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004944 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
4945 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004946
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004947<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
4948 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
4949 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004950
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004951<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004952<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
4953
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004954<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
4955 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
4956 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00004957
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004958</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004959
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004960<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004961<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
4962<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004963
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004964<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004965
4966<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004967 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
4968 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
4969 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
4970 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
4971 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004972
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004973<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004974 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
4975 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
4976 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
4977 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
4978 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
4979 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
4980 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004981
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004982<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
4983 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
4984 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
4985 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
4986 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
4987 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
4988 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
4989 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
4990 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
4991 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004992
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004993<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
4994 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
4995 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
4996 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
4997 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
4998 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
4999 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5000 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5001 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5002 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005003
5004<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005005 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005006
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005007</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005008
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005009<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005010<div class="doc_subsection">
5011 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5012</div>
5013
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005014<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005015
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005016<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5017 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5018 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5019 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005020
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005021<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5022 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5023 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5024 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005025
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005026<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005027 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5028 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005029
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005030<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005031<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005032define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005033 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005034 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005035 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005036 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005037
5038 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005039 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005040
5041 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005042 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005043 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005044 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005045 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005046
5047 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005048 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005049 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005050}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005051
5052declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5053declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5054declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005055</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005056</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005057
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005058</div>
5059
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005060<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005061<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005062 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005063</div>
5064
5065
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005066<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005067
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005068<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005069<pre>
5070 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5071</pre>
5072
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005073<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005074<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5075 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005076
5077<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005078<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005079
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005080<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005081<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005082 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5083 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5084 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5085 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5086 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5087 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005088
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005089</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005090
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005091<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005092<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005093 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005094</div>
5095
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005096<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005097
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005098<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5099<pre>
5100 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5101</pre>
5102
5103<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005104<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005105 which has been initialized previously
5106 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5107 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005108
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005109<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005110<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005111
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005112<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005113<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005114 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5115 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5116 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5117 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5118 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005119
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005120</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005121
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005122<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005123<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005124 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005125</div>
5126
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005127<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005128
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005129<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005130<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005131 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005132</pre>
5133
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005134<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005135<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005136 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005137
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005138<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005139<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005140 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5141 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005142
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005143<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005144<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005145 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5146 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5147 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5148 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5149 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005150
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005151</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005152
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005153<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5154<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005155 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5156</div>
5157
5158<div class="doc_text">
5159
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005160<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005161Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005162intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5163roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5164require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5165barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5166these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5167see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5168LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005169
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005170<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5171 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005172
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005173</div>
5174
5175<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5176<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005177 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005178</div>
5179
5180<div class="doc_text">
5181
5182<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005183<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005184 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005185</pre>
5186
5187<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005188<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005189 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005190
5191<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005192<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005193 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5194 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5195 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005196
5197<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005198<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005199 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5200 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5201 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5202 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005203
5204</div>
5205
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005206<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5207<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005208 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005209</div>
5210
5211<div class="doc_text">
5212
5213<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005214<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005215 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005216</pre>
5217
5218<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005219<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005220 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5221 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005222
5223<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005224<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005225 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5226 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5227 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005228
5229<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005230<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005231 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5232 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5233 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5234 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005235
5236</div>
5237
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005238<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5239<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005240 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005241</div>
5242
5243<div class="doc_text">
5244
5245<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005246<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005247 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005248</pre>
5249
5250<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005251<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005252 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5253 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005254
5255<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005256<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005257 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5258 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5259 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005260
5261<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005262<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005263 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5264 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5265 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5266 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005267
5268</div>
5269
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005270<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5271<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005272 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5273</div>
5274
5275<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005276
5277<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5278 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005279
5280</div>
5281
5282<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5283<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005284 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005285</div>
5286
5287<div class="doc_text">
5288
5289<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5290<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005291 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005292</pre>
5293
5294<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005295<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5296 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5297 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005298
5299<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005300<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5301 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5302 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005303
5304<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005305<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5306 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5307 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5308 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5309 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005310
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005311<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5312 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5313 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005314
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005315</div>
5316
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005317<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5318<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005319 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005320</div>
5321
5322<div class="doc_text">
5323
5324<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5325<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005326 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005327</pre>
5328
5329<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005330<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5331 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005332
5333<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005334<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5335 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5336 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005337
5338<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005339<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5340 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5341 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5342 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5343 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005344
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005345<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5346 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5347 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005348
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005349</div>
5350
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005351<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5352<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005353 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005354</div>
5355
5356<div class="doc_text">
5357
5358<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5359<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005360 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005361</pre>
5362
5363<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005364<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5365 of the function stack, for use
5366 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5367 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5368 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005369
5370<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005371<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5372 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5373 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5374 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5375 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5376 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5377 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005378
5379</div>
5380
5381<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5382<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005383 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005384</div>
5385
5386<div class="doc_text">
5387
5388<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5389<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005390 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005391</pre>
5392
5393<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005394<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5395 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5396 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5397 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5398 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005399
5400<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005401<p>See the description
5402 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005403
5404</div>
5405
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005406<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5407<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005408 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005409</div>
5410
5411<div class="doc_text">
5412
5413<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5414<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005415 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005416</pre>
5417
5418<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005419<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5420 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5421 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5422 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005423
5424<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005425<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5426 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5427 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5428 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5429 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005430
5431<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005432<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5433 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5434 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5435 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005436
5437</div>
5438
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005439<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5440<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005441 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005442</div>
5443
5444<div class="doc_text">
5445
5446<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5447<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005448 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005449</pre>
5450
5451<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005452<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5453 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5454 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5455 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5456 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5457 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5458 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5459 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005460
5461<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005462<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005463
5464<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005465<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
5466 not support this intrinisic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005467
5468</div>
5469
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005470<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5471<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005472 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005473</div>
5474
5475<div class="doc_text">
5476
5477<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5478<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005479 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005480</pre>
5481
5482<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005483<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5484 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5485 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5486 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5487 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005488
5489<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005490<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5491 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5492 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5493 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005494
5495</div>
5496
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005497<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5498<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005499 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5500</div>
5501
5502<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005503
5504<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5505 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5506 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5507 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005508
5509</div>
5510
5511<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5512<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005513 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005514</div>
5515
5516<div class="doc_text">
5517
5518<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005519<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
5520 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5521
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005522<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005523 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005524 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005525 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5526 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005527 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005528 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005529 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005530 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005531</pre>
5532
5533<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005534<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5535 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005536
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005537<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5538 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005539
5540<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005541<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5542 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5543 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5544 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005545
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005546<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5547 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5548 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005549
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005550<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005551<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5552 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5553 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5554 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5555 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005556
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005557</div>
5558
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005559<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5560<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005561 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005562</div>
5563
5564<div class="doc_text">
5565
5566<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005567<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005568 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5569
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005570<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005571 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005572 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005573 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5574 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005575 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005576 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005577 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005578 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005579</pre>
5580
5581<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005582<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5583 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5584 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5585 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005586
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005587<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5588 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005589
5590<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005591<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5592 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5593 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5594 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005595
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005596<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5597 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
5598 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005599
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005600<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005601<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5602 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
5603 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5604 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5605 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005606
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005607</div>
5608
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005609<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5610<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005611 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005612</div>
5613
5614<div class="doc_text">
5615
5616<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005617<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005618 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5619
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005620<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005621 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005622 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005623 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5624 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005625 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005626 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005627 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005628 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005629</pre>
5630
5631<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005632<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
5633 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005634
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005635<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
5636 intrinsic does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005637
5638<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005639<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
5640 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
5641 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
5642 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005643
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005644<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5645 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
5646 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005647
5648<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005649<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
5650 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5651 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5652 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005653
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005654</div>
5655
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005656<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5657<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005658 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005659</div>
5660
5661<div class="doc_text">
5662
5663<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005664<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
5665 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5666 types however.</p>
5667
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005668<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005669 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5670 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5671 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5672 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5673 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005674</pre>
5675
5676<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005677<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
5678 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
5679 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
5680 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
5681 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
5682 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005683
5684<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005685<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5686 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005687
5688<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005689<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
5690 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005691
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005692</div>
5693
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005694<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5695<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005696 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005697</div>
5698
5699<div class="doc_text">
5700
5701<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005702<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
5703 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5704 types however.</p>
5705
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005706<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005707 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5708 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5709 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5710 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5711 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005712</pre>
5713
5714<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005715<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5716 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
5717 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5718 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005719
5720<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005721<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5722 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005723
5724<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005725<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5726 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005727
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005728</div>
5729
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005730<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5731<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5732 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5733</div>
5734
5735<div class="doc_text">
5736
5737<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005738<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5739 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5740 types however.</p>
5741
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005742<pre>
5743 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5744 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5745 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5746 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5747 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5748</pre>
5749
5750<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005751<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005752
5753<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005754<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5755 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005756
5757<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005758<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
5759 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5760 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005761
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005762</div>
5763
5764<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5765<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5766 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5767</div>
5768
5769<div class="doc_text">
5770
5771<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005772<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5773 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5774 types however.</p>
5775
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005776<pre>
5777 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5778 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5779 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5780 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5781 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5782</pre>
5783
5784<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005785<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005786
5787<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005788<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5789 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005790
5791<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005792<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
5793 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5794 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005795
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005796</div>
5797
5798<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5799<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5800 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5801</div>
5802
5803<div class="doc_text">
5804
5805<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005806<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
5807 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5808 types however.</p>
5809
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005810<pre>
5811 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
5812 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
5813 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
5814 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
5815 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
5816</pre>
5817
5818<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005819<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5820 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005821
5822<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005823<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
5824 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005825
5826<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005827<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
5828 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
5829 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005830
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005831</div>
5832
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005833<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5834<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005835 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005836</div>
5837
5838<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005839
5840<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
5841 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005842
5843</div>
5844
5845<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5846<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005847 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005848</div>
5849
5850<div class="doc_text">
5851
5852<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005853<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005854 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
5855
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005856<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005857 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
5858 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
5859 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005860</pre>
5861
5862<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005863<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
5864 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
5865 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
5866 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005867
5868<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005869<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
5870 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
5871 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
5872 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
5873 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
5874 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
5875 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
5876 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005877
5878</div>
5879
5880<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5881<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00005882 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005883</div>
5884
5885<div class="doc_text">
5886
5887<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005888<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005889 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5890
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005891<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00005892 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005893 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005894 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005895 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5896 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005897</pre>
5898
5899<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005900<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
5901 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005902
5903<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005904<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
5905 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005906
5907<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005908<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005909
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005910</div>
5911
5912<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5913<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00005914 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005915</div>
5916
5917<div class="doc_text">
5918
5919<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005920<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
5921 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5922
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005923<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005924 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
5925 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005926 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005927 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5928 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005929</pre>
5930
5931<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005932<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
5933 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005934
5935<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005936<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
5937 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005938
5939<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005940<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
5941 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
5942 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005943
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005944</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005945
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005946<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5947<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00005948 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005949</div>
5950
5951<div class="doc_text">
5952
5953<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005954<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
5955 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5956
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005957<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005958 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
5959 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005960 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005961 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5962 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005963</pre>
5964
5965<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005966<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
5967 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005968
5969<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005970<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
5971 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005972
5973<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005974<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
5975 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
5976 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005977
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005978</div>
5979
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00005980<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5981<div class="doc_subsection">
5982 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
5983</div>
5984
5985<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005986
5987<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00005988
5989</div>
5990
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00005991<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5992<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00005993 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00005994</div>
5995
5996<div class="doc_text">
5997
5998<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00005999<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006000 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006001
6002<pre>
6003 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6004 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6005 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6006</pre>
6007
6008<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006009<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006010 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6011 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006012
6013<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006014<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006015 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6016 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6017 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6018 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006019
6020<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006021<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006022 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6023 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6024 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6025 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006026
6027<h5>Examples:</h5>
6028<pre>
6029 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6030 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6031 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6032 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6033</pre>
6034
6035</div>
6036
6037<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6038<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006039 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006040</div>
6041
6042<div class="doc_text">
6043
6044<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006045<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006046 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006047
6048<pre>
6049 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6050 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6051 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6052</pre>
6053
6054<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006055<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006056 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6057 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006058
6059<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006060<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006061 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6062 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6063 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6064 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006065
6066<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006067<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006068 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6069 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6070 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006071
6072<h5>Examples:</h5>
6073<pre>
6074 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6075 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6076 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6077 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6078</pre>
6079
6080</div>
6081
6082<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6083<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006084 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006085</div>
6086
6087<div class="doc_text">
6088
6089<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006090<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006091 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006092
6093<pre>
6094 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6095 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6096 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6097</pre>
6098
6099<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006100<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006101 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6102 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006103
6104<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006105<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006106 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6107 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6108 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6109 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006110
6111<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006112<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006113 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6114 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6115 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6116 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006117
6118<h5>Examples:</h5>
6119<pre>
6120 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6121 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6122 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6123 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6124</pre>
6125
6126</div>
6127
6128<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6129<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006130 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006131</div>
6132
6133<div class="doc_text">
6134
6135<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006136<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006137 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006138
6139<pre>
6140 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6141 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6142 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6143</pre>
6144
6145<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006146<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006147 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6148 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006149
6150<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006151<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006152 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6153 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6154 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6155 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006156
6157<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006158<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006159 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6160 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6161 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6162 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006163
6164<h5>Examples:</h5>
6165<pre>
6166 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6167 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6168 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6169 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6170</pre>
6171
6172</div>
6173
6174<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6175<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006176 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006177</div>
6178
6179<div class="doc_text">
6180
6181<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006182<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006183 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006184
6185<pre>
6186 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6187 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6188 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6189</pre>
6190
6191<h5>Overview:</h5>
6192
6193<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006194 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6195 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006196
6197<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006198<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006199 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6200 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6201 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6202 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006203
6204<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006205<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006206 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6207 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6208 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6209 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006210
6211<h5>Examples:</h5>
6212<pre>
6213 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6214 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6215 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6216 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6217</pre>
6218
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006219</div>
6220
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006221<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6222<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6223 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6224</div>
6225
6226<div class="doc_text">
6227
6228<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006229<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006230 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006231
6232<pre>
6233 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6234 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6235 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6236</pre>
6237
6238<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006239<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006240 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6241 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006242
6243<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006244<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006245 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6246 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6247 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6248 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006249
6250<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006251<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006252 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6253 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6254 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6255 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006256
6257<h5>Examples:</h5>
6258<pre>
6259 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6260 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6261 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6262 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6263</pre>
6264
6265</div>
6266
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006267<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6268<div class="doc_subsection">
6269 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6270</div>
6271
6272<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006273
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006274<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6275 prefix), are described in
6276 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6277 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6278
6279</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006280
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006281<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6282<div class="doc_subsection">
6283 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6284</div>
6285
6286<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006287
6288<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6289 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6290 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6291 Handling</a> document.</p>
6292
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006293</div>
6294
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006295<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6296<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006297 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006298</div>
6299
6300<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006301
6302<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6303 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6304 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6305 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6306 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6307 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6308 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6309
6310<p>For example, if the function is
6311 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6312 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6313 follows:</p>
6314
6315<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006316<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006317 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6318 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6319 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6320 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006321</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006322</div>
6323
6324<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6325 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6326
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006327</div>
6328
6329<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6330<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6331 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6332</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006333
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006334<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006335
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006336<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6337<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006338 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006339</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006340
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006341<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006342<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6343 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6344
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006345<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006346<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6347 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6348 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6349 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6350 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6351 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6352 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6353 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6354
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006355<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006356<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6357 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6358 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6359 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6360 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6361 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6362 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6363 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6364 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6365 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6366 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6367 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6368
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006369</div>
6370
6371<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6372<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006373 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6374</div>
6375
6376<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006377
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006378<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6379 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6380 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6381 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6382 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6383 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6384 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6385 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6386 synchronization IR.</p>
6387
6388<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6389 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6390 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6391 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6392 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6393 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6394 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6395
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006396</div>
6397
6398<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6399<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6400 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6401</div>
6402<div class="doc_text">
6403<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6404<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006405 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006406</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006407
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006408<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006409<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6410 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6411
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006412<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006413<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6414 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
6415 fith argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
6416 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006417
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006418<ul>
6419 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6420 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6421 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6422 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6423 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6424</ul>
6425
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006426<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006427<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6428 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6429 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6430 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6431 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6432 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6433 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6434 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006435
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006436<ul>
6437 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6438 after the barrier begins.</li>
6439 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
6440 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6441 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6442 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6443 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6444 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6445</ul>
6446
6447<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6448 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6449
6450<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6451 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6452 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6453 noops.</p>
6454
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006455<h5>Example:</h5>
6456<pre>
6457%ptr = malloc i32
6458 store i32 4, %ptr
6459
6460%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6461 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6462 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6463 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6464</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006465
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006466</div>
6467
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006468<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6469<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006470 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006471</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006472
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006473<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006474
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006475<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006476<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6477 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6478 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006479
6480<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006481 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6482 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6483 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6484 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006485</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006486
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006487<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006488<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6489 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6490
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006491<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006492<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
6493 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
6494 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
6495 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
6496 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006497
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006498<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006499<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
6500 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
6501 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
6502 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
6503 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
6504 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006505
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006506<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006507<pre>
6508%ptr = malloc i32
6509 store i32 4, %ptr
6510
6511%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006512%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006513 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6514%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6515%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6516
6517%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006518%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006519 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6520%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
6521
6522%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
6523</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006524
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006525</div>
6526
6527<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6528<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6529 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6530</div>
6531<div class="doc_text">
6532<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6533
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006534<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
6535 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6536
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006537<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006538 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6539 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6540 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6541 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006542</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006543
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006544<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006545<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6546 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6547 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6548
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006549<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006550<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
6551 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
6552 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6553 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6554 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006555
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006556<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006557<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6558 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6559 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006560
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006561<h5>Examples:</h5>
6562<pre>
6563%ptr = malloc i32
6564 store i32 4, %ptr
6565
6566%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006567%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006568 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6569%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6570%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6571
6572%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006573%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006574 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6575
6576%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6577%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6578</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006579
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006580</div>
6581
6582<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6583<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006584 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006585
6586</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006587
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006588<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006589
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006590<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006591<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
6592 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6593
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006594<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006595 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6596 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6597 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6598 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006599</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006600
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006601<h5>Overview:</h5>
6602<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
6603 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6604
6605<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6606<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6607 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6608 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6609 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6610
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006611<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006612<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6613 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6614 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006615
6616<h5>Examples:</h5>
6617<pre>
6618%ptr = malloc i32
6619 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006620%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006621 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006622%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006623 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006624%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006625 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006626%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006627</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006628
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006629</div>
6630
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006631<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6632<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6633 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6634
6635</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006636
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006637<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006638
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006639<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006640<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
6641 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6642 support all bit widths however.</p>
6643
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006644<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006645 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6646 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6647 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6648 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006649</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006650
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006651<h5>Overview:</h5>
6652<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6653 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6654
6655<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6656<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6657 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6658 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6659 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6660
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006661<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006662<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6663 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6664 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
6665 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006666
6667<h5>Examples:</h5>
6668<pre>
6669%ptr = malloc i32
6670 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006671%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006672 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006673%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006674 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006675%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006676 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6677%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6678</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006679
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006680</div>
6681
6682<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6683<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6684 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6685 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6686 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6687 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006688</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006689
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006690<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006691
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006692<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006693<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
6694 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
6695 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
6696 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6697 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006698
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006699<pre>
6700 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6701 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6702 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6703 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006704</pre>
6705
6706<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006707 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6708 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6709 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6710 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006711</pre>
6712
6713<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006714 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6715 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6716 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6717 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006718</pre>
6719
6720<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006721 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6722 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6723 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6724 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006725</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006726
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006727<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006728<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6729 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6730 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006731
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006732<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6733<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6734 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6735 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6736 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6737
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006738<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006739<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6740 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
6741 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
6742 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006743
6744<h5>Examples:</h5>
6745<pre>
6746%ptr = malloc i32
6747 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006748%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006749 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006750%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006751 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006752%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006753 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006754%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006755 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6756%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6757</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006758
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006759</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006760
6761<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6762<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6763 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6764 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6765 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6766 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006767</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006768
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006769<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006770
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006771<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006772<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6773 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
6774 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6775 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006776
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006777<pre>
6778 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6779 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6780 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6781 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006782</pre>
6783
6784<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006785 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6786 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6787 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6788 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006789</pre>
6790
6791<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006792 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6793 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6794 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6795 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006796</pre>
6797
6798<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006799 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6800 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6801 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6802 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006803</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006804
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006805<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006806<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
6807 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
6808 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006809
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006810<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6811<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6812 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6813 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6814 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6815
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006816<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006817<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6818 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
6819 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
6820 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006821
6822<h5>Examples:</h5>
6823<pre>
6824%ptr = malloc i32
6825 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006826%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006827 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006828%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006829 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006830%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006831 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006832%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006833 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
6834%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
6835</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006836
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006837</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006838
6839<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6840<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006841 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
6842</div>
6843
6844<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006845
6846<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
6847 purpose.</p>
6848
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006849</div>
6850
6851<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6852<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6853 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6854</div>
6855
6856<div class="doc_text">
6857
6858<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6859<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00006860 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006861</pre>
6862
6863<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006864<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006865
6866<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006867<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
6868 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
6869 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006870
6871<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006872<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
6873 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
6874 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
6875 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006876
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006877</div>
6878
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006879<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6880<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00006881 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006882</div>
6883
6884<div class="doc_text">
6885
6886<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006887<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
6888 any integer bit width.</p>
6889
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006890<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00006891 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6892 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6893 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6894 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6895 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006896</pre>
6897
6898<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006899<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006900
6901<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006902<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
6903 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
6904 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
6905 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006906
6907<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006908<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
6909 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
6910 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
6911 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006912
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006913</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006914
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006915<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6916<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6917 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6918</div>
6919
6920<div class="doc_text">
6921
6922<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6923<pre>
6924 declare void @llvm.trap()
6925</pre>
6926
6927<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006928<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006929
6930<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006931<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006932
6933<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006934<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
6935 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
6936 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006937
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006938</div>
6939
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006940<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6941<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00006942 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006943</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006944
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006945<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006946
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006947<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6948<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006949 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006950</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006951
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006952<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006953<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
6954 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
6955 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
6956
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006957<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006958<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
6959 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
6960 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
6961 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
6962
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006963<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006964<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
6965 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
6966 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
6967 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
6968 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
6969 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
6970 function.</p>
6971
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006972</div>
6973
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00006974<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00006975<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006976<address>
6977 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00006978 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006979 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00006980 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006981
6982 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00006983 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006984 Last modified: $Date$
6985</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00006986
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00006987</body>
6988</html>